1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will be very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
* arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
899 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // The caller is responsible for avoiding addition if a STUB with the same
919 // address has already been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
1070 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian
>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_
;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1107 // Build output contents.
1109 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1111 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1112 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1113 exidx_input_section() const
1114 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1116 // Return the section offset map.
1117 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1118 section_offset_map() const
1119 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1122 // Write merged section into file OF.
1124 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1127 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1128 section_offset_type
*) const;
1131 // Original EXIDX input section.
1132 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1133 // Section offset map.
1134 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1135 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1136 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1137 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1138 unsigned char* section_contents_
;
1141 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1143 template<bool big_endian
>
1144 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1147 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1148 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1149 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
),
1150 original_contents_(NULL
)
1153 ~Arm_input_section()
1154 { delete[] this->original_contents_
; }
1160 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1162 is_stub_table_owner() const
1163 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1165 // Return the stub table.
1166 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1168 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1170 // Set the stub_table.
1172 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1173 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1175 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1176 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1177 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1178 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1179 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1181 // Return the original size of the section.
1183 original_size() const
1184 { return this->original_size_
; }
1187 // Write data to output file.
1189 do_write(Output_file
*);
1191 // Return required alignment of this.
1193 do_addralign() const
1195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1196 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1197 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
1199 return this->original_addralign_
;
1202 // Finalize data size.
1204 set_final_data_size();
1206 // Reset address and file offset.
1208 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1212 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1213 section_offset_type offset
,
1214 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1216 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1217 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1220 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
1230 // Copying is not allowed.
1231 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1232 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1234 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1235 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
1236 // Section size of the original input section.
1237 uint32_t original_size_
;
1239 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1240 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1241 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1243 unsigned char* original_contents_
;
1246 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1247 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1249 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1252 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
,
1253 bool merge_exidx_entries
= true)
1254 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1255 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1256 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
),
1257 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries
)
1261 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1263 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1264 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1265 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1266 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1267 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1268 // responsible for releasing it.
1269 template<bool big_endian
>
1271 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1272 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
1273 section_size_type section_size
,
1274 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1276 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1277 // input section, if there is not one already.
1279 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1281 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1282 // first exidx input in output.
1284 first_output_text_section() const
1285 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1288 // Copying is not allowed.
1289 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1290 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1292 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1297 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1298 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1305 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1306 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1308 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1310 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1311 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1312 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1313 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1314 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1316 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1317 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1319 // EXIDX output section.
1320 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1321 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1322 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1323 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1324 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1325 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1326 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1327 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1328 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1329 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1331 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1333 bool merge_exidx_entries_
;
1336 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1337 // stub generation methods.
1339 template<bool big_endian
>
1340 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1343 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1345 // We need to force SHF_LINK_ORDER in a SHT_ARM_EXIDX section.
1346 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1347 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1348 : Output_section(name
, type
,
1349 (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
1350 ? flags
| elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
1353 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
1354 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1357 ~Arm_output_section()
1360 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1362 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Task
*);
1364 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1365 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1366 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1367 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1368 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1370 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1372 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1374 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1375 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1376 // output addresses.
1378 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1379 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1380 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1381 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
1384 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1386 set_exidx_section_link();
1390 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1391 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1393 // Create a stub group.
1394 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1395 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1396 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1397 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1398 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*,
1402 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1404 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1407 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1408 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1410 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1411 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
,
1412 uint32_t addralign
, uint32_t text_size
)
1413 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1414 addralign_(addralign
), text_size_(text_size
), has_errors_(false)
1417 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1420 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1422 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1425 { return this->relobj_
; }
1427 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1430 { return this->shndx_
; }
1432 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1435 { return this->link_
; }
1437 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1440 { return this->size_
; }
1442 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1445 { return this->addralign_
; }
1447 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1450 { return this->text_size_
; }
1452 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1455 { return this->has_errors_
; }
1457 // Set has-errors flag.
1460 { this->has_errors_
= true; }
1463 // Object containing this.
1465 // Section index of this.
1466 unsigned int shndx_
;
1467 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1469 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1471 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1472 uint32_t addralign_
;
1473 // Size of associated text section.
1474 uint32_t text_size_
;
1475 // Whether this has any errors.
1479 // Arm_relobj class.
1481 template<bool big_endian
>
1482 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1485 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1487 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1488 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1489 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1490 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1491 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1492 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1493 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1494 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1498 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1500 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1501 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1502 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1504 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1505 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1508 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1510 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1512 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1513 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1516 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1517 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1519 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1521 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1522 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1525 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1527 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1530 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1532 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1534 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1535 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1536 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1537 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1540 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1541 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1542 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1543 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1544 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1546 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1549 processor_specific_flags() const
1550 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1552 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1554 const Attributes_section_data
*
1555 attributes_section_data() const
1556 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1558 // Mapping symbol location.
1559 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1561 // Functor for STL container.
1562 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1565 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1566 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1568 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1569 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1573 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1574 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1575 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1576 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1578 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1580 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1582 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1583 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1586 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1588 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1590 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1591 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1592 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1593 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1596 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1597 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1598 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1599 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1601 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1602 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1603 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1608 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1609 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1610 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1612 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1613 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1614 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1619 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1621 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1622 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1624 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1626 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1627 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1629 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1631 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1633 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1635 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1636 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1638 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1640 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector
<unsigned int>* list
) const
1643 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.begin();
1644 p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end();
1647 if (p
->second
->shndx() == p
->first
)
1648 list
->push_back(p
->first
);
1650 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1651 std::sort(list
->begin(), list
->end());
1655 // Post constructor setup.
1659 // Call parent's setup method.
1660 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1662 // Initialize look-up tables.
1663 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1664 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1667 // Count the local symbols.
1669 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1670 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1673 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1674 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1675 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1677 // Read the symbol information.
1679 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1681 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1683 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1687 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1689 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1690 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1691 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1693 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1695 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1696 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1698 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1700 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1701 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1702 const Symbol_table
*);
1704 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1706 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1707 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1708 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1710 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1711 // first relocation of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1712 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1713 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1714 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1716 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1717 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1720 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1721 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1722 // index of the linked text section.
1724 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1725 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1726 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1727 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
);
1729 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1730 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1732 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1734 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1735 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1738 // List of stub tables.
1739 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1740 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1741 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1742 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1743 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1744 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1745 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1746 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1747 // Mapping symbols information.
1748 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1749 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1750 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1751 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1752 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1753 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1754 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1755 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1757 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1760 // Arm_dynobj class.
1762 template<bool big_endian
>
1763 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1766 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1767 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1768 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1769 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1773 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1775 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1776 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1777 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1778 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1779 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1781 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1784 processor_specific_flags() const
1785 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1787 // Attributes section data.
1788 const Attributes_section_data
*
1789 attributes_section_data() const
1790 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1793 // Read the symbol information.
1795 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1798 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1799 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1800 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1801 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1804 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1806 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1807 struct Stub_addend_reader
1809 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1810 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1811 // view or from a Reloc object.
1812 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1814 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1815 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1816 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1817 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1820 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1822 template<bool big_endian
>
1823 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1825 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1828 const unsigned char*,
1829 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1832 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1833 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1834 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1835 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1837 template<bool big_endian
>
1838 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1840 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1843 const unsigned char*,
1844 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1845 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1846 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1849 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1850 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1852 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1855 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1856 Arm_address destination
)
1857 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1863 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1865 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1869 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1871 // Return the relocation type.
1874 { return this->r_type_
; }
1876 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1880 { return this->destination_
; }
1883 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1884 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1886 unsigned int r_type_
;
1887 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1889 Arm_address destination_
;
1892 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1893 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1895 template<bool big_endian
>
1896 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1899 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1900 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1903 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1904 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1905 // applied in a static link.
1907 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1908 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1910 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1911 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1912 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1914 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1915 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1917 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1921 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1922 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1923 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1924 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1925 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1927 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1929 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1931 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1932 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1933 unsigned int index
);
1936 // Write out the GOT table.
1938 do_write(Output_file
*);
1941 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1942 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1946 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1947 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1948 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1950 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1951 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1952 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1954 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1955 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1958 // Return the GOT offset.
1961 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1966 { return this->r_type_
; }
1968 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1970 symbol_is_global() const
1971 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1973 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1977 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1978 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1981 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1982 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1985 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1986 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1989 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1993 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1994 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1998 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1999 unsigned int got_offset_
;
2000 // Type of relocation.
2001 unsigned int r_type_
;
2002 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2003 bool symbol_is_global_
;
2004 // A global or local symbol.
2009 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2014 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2015 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
2016 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2022 // Symbol table of the output object.
2023 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
2024 // Layout of the output object.
2026 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2027 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2030 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or noncontiguous
2031 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2032 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2034 template<bool big_endian
, int sh_type
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2035 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2036 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<sh_type
, Classify_reloc
>
2039 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2040 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2041 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2042 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
*)
2044 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2045 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2048 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2049 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
)
2051 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
2052 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
2053 r_type
= arm_target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
2058 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2059 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
2061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC
:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL
:
2064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ
:
2065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
:
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX
:
2067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
2068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16
:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32
:
2071 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0
;
2072 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
2074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
2076 // Relocations that write full 32 bits.
2077 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
2078 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
2079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
2081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
:
2092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
:
2094 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4
;
2096 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2097 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2103 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
2107 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
2108 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
2109 template<int no_bits
>
2110 static inline int32_t
2111 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
2113 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2115 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2116 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
2118 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
2119 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2120 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
2123 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
2124 template<int no_bits
>
2126 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2128 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2131 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
2132 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2133 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2134 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2137 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
2138 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
2139 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
2140 // -128 <= bits <= 255
2141 template<int no_bits
>
2143 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2145 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
2148 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
2149 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2150 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2151 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2154 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2155 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2156 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2157 static inline uint32_t
2158 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
2159 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
2162 template<bool big_endian
>
2163 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2166 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2169 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2170 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2173 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2174 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2175 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2176 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2177 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2178 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2179 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2180 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2183 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2184 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2185 // pointer is taken.
2187 can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2190 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2191 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2193 section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name
) const
2195 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name
)
2196 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name
)
2197 && Target::section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name
));
2200 // Whether we can use BLX.
2203 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2205 // Set use-BLX flag.
2207 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2208 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2210 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2212 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2213 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2215 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2217 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2218 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2220 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2222 using_thumb2() const
2224 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2225 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2226 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2227 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2230 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2232 using_thumb_only() const
2234 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2235 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2237 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2238 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2240 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2241 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2243 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2244 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2247 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2249 may_use_arm_nop() const
2251 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2252 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2253 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2254 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2255 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2256 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2257 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2260 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2262 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2264 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2265 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2266 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2267 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2268 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2269 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2272 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2273 // garbage collection.
2275 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2277 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2278 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2279 unsigned int sh_type
,
2280 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2282 Output_section
* output_section
,
2283 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2284 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2285 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2287 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2289 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2291 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2292 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2293 unsigned int sh_type
,
2294 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2296 Output_section
* output_section
,
2297 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2298 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2299 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2301 // Finalize the sections.
2303 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2305 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2308 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2310 // Relocate a section.
2312 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2313 unsigned int sh_type
,
2314 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2316 Output_section
* output_section
,
2317 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2318 unsigned char* view
,
2319 Arm_address view_address
,
2320 section_size_type view_size
,
2321 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2323 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2325 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2327 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2328 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2329 unsigned int sh_type
,
2330 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2332 Output_section
* output_section
,
2333 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2334 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2335 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2336 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2338 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2340 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2341 unsigned int sh_type
,
2342 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2344 Output_section
* output_section
,
2345 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2346 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2347 unsigned char* view
,
2348 Arm_address view_address
,
2349 section_size_type view_size
,
2350 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2351 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2353 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2354 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2356 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2357 unsigned int sh_type
,
2358 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
2360 Output_section
* output_section
,
2361 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2362 unsigned char* view
,
2363 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
2365 section_size_type view_size
,
2366 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
2368 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2370 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2371 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2373 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2375 has_got_section() const
2376 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2378 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2382 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2383 return this->got_
->data_size();
2386 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2388 got_entry_count() const
2390 if (!this->has_got_section())
2392 return this->got_size() / 4;
2395 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2397 plt_entry_count() const;
2399 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2401 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2403 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2405 plt_entry_size() const;
2407 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2409 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
);
2412 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2415 // Return the stub factory
2417 stub_factory() const
2418 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2420 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2421 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2422 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2424 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2425 // section of RELOBJ.
2426 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2427 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2429 // Make a new Stub_table
2430 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2431 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2433 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2435 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2436 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2437 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2442 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2443 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2446 // Get the default ARM target.
2447 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2450 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2451 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2452 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2453 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2456 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2458 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2462 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2463 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2466 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2468 fix_cortex_a8() const
2469 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2471 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2473 merge_exidx_entries() const
2474 { return parameters
->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2476 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2478 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2479 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2480 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2482 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2484 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2486 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2487 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2488 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2490 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2492 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2493 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2496 // Make an ELF object.
2498 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2499 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2502 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2503 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2504 { gold_unreachable(); }
2507 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2508 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2509 { gold_unreachable(); }
2512 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2513 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2514 { gold_unreachable(); }
2516 // Make an output section.
2518 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2519 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2520 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2523 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2525 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2526 // not doing relocatable linking.
2528 do_may_relax() const
2529 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2532 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, const Task
*);
2534 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2537 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2539 // Reorder tags during output.
2541 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2543 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2545 do_select_as_default_target()
2547 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2548 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2550 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2551 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2555 // The class which scans relocations.
2560 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2564 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
);
2567 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2568 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2569 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2570 Output_section
* output_section
,
2571 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2572 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2575 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2576 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2577 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2578 Output_section
* output_section
,
2579 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2583 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2584 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2587 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2589 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&);
2592 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2593 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2596 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2597 unsigned int , Symbol
*);
2601 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2602 unsigned int r_type
);
2605 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2606 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2609 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2611 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2612 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2614 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2616 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2617 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2620 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2621 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2622 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2623 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2624 || sym
->is_undefined()
2625 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2629 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
2631 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2632 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2635 // The class which implements relocation.
2645 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2647 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2648 unsigned int r_type
,
2650 Output_section
* output_section
);
2652 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2653 // any warnings about this relocation.
2655 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2656 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2657 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2658 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2659 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2660 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2663 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2664 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2667 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type
)
2671 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2682 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2700 // Do a TLS relocation.
2701 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2702 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2703 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2704 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2705 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2710 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2711 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2712 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2716 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2719 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2720 // is a local symbol.
2721 static tls::Tls_optimization
2722 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2724 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2725 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2726 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2728 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2730 got_plt_section() const
2732 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2733 return this->got_plt_
;
2736 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2738 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2740 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2742 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2744 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2746 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2747 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2749 // Get the PLT section.
2750 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2753 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2757 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2759 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2761 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2763 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2765 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2766 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2767 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2769 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2771 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2772 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2775 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2777 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2778 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2779 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2780 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2782 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2783 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2784 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2785 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2788 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2790 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2792 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2793 // header of the output.
2795 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2797 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2799 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2801 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2803 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2806 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2808 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2810 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2812 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2814 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2816 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2818 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2820 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2822 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2824 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2825 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2826 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2827 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2828 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2833 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2836 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2838 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool, const Task
*);
2840 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2842 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2843 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2844 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2845 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2847 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2848 template<int sh_type
>
2850 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2851 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2852 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2854 Output_section
* output_section
,
2855 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2856 const unsigned char* view
,
2857 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2860 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2862 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*,
2863 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*,
2866 // Functors for STL set.
2867 struct output_section_address_less_than
2870 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2871 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2874 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2875 // general Target structure.
2876 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2878 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2879 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2880 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2881 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2884 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2885 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2886 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2887 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2888 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2891 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2893 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2894 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2895 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2897 Arm_input_section_map
;
2899 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2900 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2901 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2904 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2906 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2907 // The GOT PLT section.
2908 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2909 // The dynamic reloc section.
2910 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2911 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2912 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2913 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2914 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2915 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2916 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2917 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2918 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2919 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2920 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2922 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2923 // Whether we can use BLX.
2925 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2926 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2927 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2928 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2929 // Attributes section data in output.
2930 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2931 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2932 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2933 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2934 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2937 template<bool big_endian
>
2938 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2941 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2942 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2943 false, // has_make_symbol
2944 false, // has_resolve
2945 false, // has_code_fill
2946 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2948 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2949 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2950 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2951 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2952 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2953 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2954 0, // small_common_section_flags
2955 0, // large_common_section_flags
2956 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2957 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2960 // Arm relocate functions class
2963 template<bool big_endian
>
2964 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2969 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2970 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation overflow.
2971 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2975 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2976 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2978 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2981 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2983 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2984 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2985 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2986 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2988 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2989 // instruction encoding described above.
2990 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2991 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2992 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2994 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2995 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2996 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2999 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
3001 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3002 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
3003 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3004 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3008 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3012 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
3015 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
3017 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3018 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3019 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
3020 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3022 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
3023 // instruction encoding described above.
3024 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3025 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
3026 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
3028 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3029 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3030 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
3031 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
3032 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
3036 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3038 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3039 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3040 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3041 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3044 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3045 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
3046 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
3047 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
3051 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3052 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3054 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
3060 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3061 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3062 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
3064 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3066 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
3069 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3070 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3071 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3072 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3073 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3074 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3077 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3079 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3080 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3081 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3082 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
3088 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3089 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3090 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3091 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3092 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3095 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
3098 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3100 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3101 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3102 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3103 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
3104 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3107 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3108 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
3112 // Handle ARM long branches.
3113 static typename
This::Status
3114 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3115 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3116 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3117 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3119 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3120 static typename
This::Status
3121 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3122 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3123 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3124 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3127 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3128 static inline int32_t
3129 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3131 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3132 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3133 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3134 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
3135 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
3136 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3137 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3138 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3139 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3141 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
3142 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3145 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3146 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3147 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3148 static inline uint16_t
3149 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3151 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3152 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3153 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
3156 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3157 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3158 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3159 static inline uint16_t
3160 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3162 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3163 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3164 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
3165 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
3166 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
3167 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
3170 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3171 static inline int32_t
3172 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3174 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
3175 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
3176 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
3177 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
3178 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
3180 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3183 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3184 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3185 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3186 static inline uint16_t
3187 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3189 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3190 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3191 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
3194 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3195 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3196 // The caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3197 static inline uint16_t
3198 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3200 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3201 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
3202 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
3203 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
3205 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
3208 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3209 static inline typename
This::Status
3210 abs8(unsigned char* view
,
3211 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3212 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3214 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3215 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3216 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3217 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3218 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
3219 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3220 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3221 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3223 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3224 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3225 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
3226 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3227 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3230 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3231 static inline typename
This::Status
3232 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view
,
3233 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3234 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3236 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3237 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3238 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3239 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3240 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3241 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3242 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3243 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3245 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3246 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3247 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3248 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3249 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3252 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3253 static inline typename
This::Status
3254 abs12(unsigned char* view
,
3255 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3256 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3258 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3259 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3260 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3261 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3262 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3263 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3264 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3265 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3266 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3267 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3268 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3271 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3272 static inline typename
This::Status
3273 abs16(unsigned char* view
,
3274 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3275 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3277 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3278 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3279 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3280 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3281 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3282 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3283 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3284 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3285 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3286 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3287 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3290 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3291 static inline typename
This::Status
3292 abs32(unsigned char* view
,
3293 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3294 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3295 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3297 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3298 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3299 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3300 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3301 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3302 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3305 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3306 static inline typename
This::Status
3307 rel32(unsigned char* view
,
3308 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3309 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3310 Arm_address address
,
3311 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3313 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3314 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3315 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3316 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3317 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3318 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3321 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3322 static typename
This::Status
3323 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3324 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3325 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3327 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3328 static inline typename
This::Status
3329 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view
,
3330 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3331 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3332 Arm_address address
)
3334 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3335 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3336 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3337 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3338 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3339 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3340 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3341 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3342 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3343 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3344 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3345 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3346 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3349 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3350 static inline typename
This::Status
3351 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view
,
3352 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3353 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3354 Arm_address address
)
3356 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3357 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3358 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3359 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3360 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3361 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3362 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3363 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3364 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3365 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3368 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3369 static inline typename
This::Status
3370 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view
,
3371 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3372 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3373 Arm_address address
)
3375 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3376 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3377 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3378 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3379 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3380 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3381 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3382 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3383 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3384 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3387 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3388 static inline typename
This::Status
3389 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3391 Arm_address address
)
3393 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3397 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3398 static inline typename
This::Status
3399 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3402 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3406 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3407 static inline typename
This::Status
3408 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3409 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3411 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3412 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3415 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3416 static inline typename
This::Status
3417 got_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3418 Arm_address got_entry
,
3419 Arm_address address
)
3421 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3422 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3425 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3426 static inline typename
This::Status
3427 prel31(unsigned char* view
,
3428 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3429 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3430 Arm_address address
,
3431 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3433 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3434 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3435 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3436 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3437 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3438 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3439 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3440 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3441 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3444 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3445 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3446 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3447 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3448 static inline typename
This::Status
3449 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3450 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3451 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3452 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3453 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3454 bool check_overflow
)
3456 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3457 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3458 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3459 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3460 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3461 - relative_address_base
);
3462 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3463 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3464 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3465 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3466 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3469 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3470 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3471 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3472 static inline typename
This::Status
3473 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3474 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3475 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3476 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3478 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3479 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3480 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3481 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3482 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3483 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3484 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3485 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3486 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3489 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3490 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3491 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3492 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3493 static inline typename
This::Status
3494 thm_movw(unsigned char* view
,
3495 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3496 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3497 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3498 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3499 bool check_overflow
)
3501 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3502 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3503 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3504 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3505 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3506 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3508 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3509 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3510 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3511 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3512 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3513 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3514 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3517 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3518 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3519 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3520 static inline typename
This::Status
3521 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3522 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3523 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3524 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3526 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3527 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3528 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3529 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3530 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3531 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3532 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3533 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3534 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3535 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3536 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3539 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3540 static inline typename
This::Status
3541 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3542 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3543 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3544 Arm_address address
,
3545 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3547 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3548 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3549 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3550 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3551 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3553 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3554 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3555 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3556 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3557 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3558 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3559 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3560 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3562 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3563 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3564 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3565 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3566 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3567 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3568 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3569 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3570 // Apply a sign to the added.
3573 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3574 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3575 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3576 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3577 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3578 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3580 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3581 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3582 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3583 // place is negative.
3587 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3588 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3589 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3590 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3593 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3594 static inline typename
This::Status
3595 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3596 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3597 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3598 Arm_address address
)
3600 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3601 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3602 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3603 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3604 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3605 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3606 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3607 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3609 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3610 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3611 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3612 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3615 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3616 static inline typename
This::Status
3617 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3618 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3619 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3620 Arm_address address
)
3622 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3623 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3624 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3625 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3626 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3627 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3628 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3629 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3630 // Apply a sign to the added.
3633 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3634 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3635 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3636 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3637 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3638 // place is positive.
3642 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3643 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3644 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3645 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3649 static inline typename
This::Status
3650 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3651 unsigned char* view
,
3652 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3653 const Arm_address address
,
3654 const bool is_interworking
)
3657 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3658 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3659 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3661 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3662 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3663 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3664 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3666 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3667 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3668 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3670 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3671 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3673 int32_t veneer_address
=
3674 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3675 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3676 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3677 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3678 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3679 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3683 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3684 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3685 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3687 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3688 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3691 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3692 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3693 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3694 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3695 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3696 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3697 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3698 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3699 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3700 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3701 static inline typename
This::Status
3702 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3703 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3704 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3706 Arm_address address
,
3707 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3708 bool check_overflow
)
3710 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3711 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3712 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3713 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3715 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3716 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3717 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3718 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3719 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3721 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3722 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3723 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3724 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3725 // Initial addend value.
3726 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3727 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3728 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3729 // Apply a sign to the added.
3732 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3733 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3734 // Check for overflow if required
3736 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3737 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3739 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3740 // not to destroy the S bit.
3742 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3743 // place is negative.
3744 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3745 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3748 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3749 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3752 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3753 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3754 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3755 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3756 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3757 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3758 static inline typename
This::Status
3759 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3760 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3761 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3763 Arm_address address
)
3765 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3766 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3767 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3768 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3770 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3771 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3772 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3773 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3775 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3776 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3777 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3779 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3781 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3786 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3787 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3790 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3791 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3792 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3793 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3794 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3795 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3796 static inline typename
This::Status
3797 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3798 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3799 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3801 Arm_address address
)
3803 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3804 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3805 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3806 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3808 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3809 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3810 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3811 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3813 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3814 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3815 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3817 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3819 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3822 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3824 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3825 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3828 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3829 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3830 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3831 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3832 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3833 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3834 static inline typename
This::Status
3835 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3836 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3837 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3839 Arm_address address
)
3841 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3842 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3843 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3844 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3846 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3847 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3848 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3849 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3851 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3852 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3853 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3855 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3857 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3860 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3862 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3863 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3867 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3868 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3869 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3870 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3871 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3873 template<bool big_endian
>
3874 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3875 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3876 unsigned int r_type
,
3877 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3878 unsigned char* view
,
3879 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3880 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3882 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3883 Arm_address address
,
3884 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3885 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3887 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3888 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3889 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3891 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3892 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3893 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3894 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3895 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3896 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3897 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3899 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3900 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3902 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3903 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3905 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3907 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3908 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3910 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3912 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3913 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3915 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3917 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3918 // than it being obsolete.
3919 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3920 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3925 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3926 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3927 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3928 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3929 // on the architecture.
3930 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3931 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3932 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3934 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
3935 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3936 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3937 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3939 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3940 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3941 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3944 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3945 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3946 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3948 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3950 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3951 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3953 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
3954 && (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3955 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0)
3956 && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
))))
3958 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3960 Stub_type stub_type
=
3961 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3962 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3964 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3966 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3967 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3968 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3970 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3971 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3972 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3973 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3974 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3975 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3976 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3980 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3981 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3985 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3986 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3989 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3990 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3991 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3992 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3995 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3996 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3997 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3998 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3999 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4001 template<bool big_endian
>
4002 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4003 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
4004 unsigned int r_type
,
4005 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4006 unsigned char* view
,
4007 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
4008 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4010 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4011 Arm_address address
,
4012 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
4013 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4015 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4016 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4017 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4018 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4020 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
4022 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
4023 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
4025 // Check that the instruction is valid.
4026 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
4028 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
4029 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4031 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4033 // This cannot be a BLX.
4035 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4037 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
4039 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4041 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4044 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4045 "thumb function '%s'."),
4046 object
->name().c_str(),
4047 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
4048 // Convert BLX to BL.
4049 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4055 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4056 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4057 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4058 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4059 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
4060 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
4061 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4063 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
4064 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4066 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
4067 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
4071 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
4072 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
4074 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4077 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4078 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4080 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4081 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
4082 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4083 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4085 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4087 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4089 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
4090 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4091 && ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4092 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
4093 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
4094 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4095 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4097 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
4099 Stub_type stub_type
=
4100 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
4101 unadjusted_branch_target
,
4104 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
4106 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
4107 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
4108 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
4110 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
4111 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
4112 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
4113 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4114 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
4115 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4116 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4117 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4121 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4122 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4125 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4126 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4127 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
4128 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4129 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
4133 // Make sure this is a BL.
4134 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4137 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4138 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4139 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4140 // 1 of the base address.
4141 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
4142 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
4144 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4145 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4146 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4147 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4148 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4150 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4151 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4153 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
4156 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
4157 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4158 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4159 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4162 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4163 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4164 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4165 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4167 template<bool big_endian
>
4168 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4169 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
4170 unsigned char* view
,
4171 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4172 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4173 Arm_address address
,
4174 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
4176 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4177 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4178 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4179 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4180 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4182 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4183 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4185 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4186 // use this for tail calls.
4187 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4190 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4191 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4194 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4195 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4196 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4198 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4199 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4200 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4202 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
4203 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4204 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4207 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4209 template<bool big_endian
>
4210 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
4211 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
4213 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
4215 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
4217 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
4219 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4220 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4221 this->got_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4223 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4224 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4225 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4227 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4228 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4229 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4230 this->got_plt_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4232 // The first three entries are reserved.
4233 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4235 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4236 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4237 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4239 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4241 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4247 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4249 template<bool big_endian
>
4250 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4251 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4253 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4255 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4256 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4257 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4258 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
4259 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
4261 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4264 // Insn_template methods.
4266 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4269 Insn_template::size() const
4271 switch (this->type())
4274 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4285 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4288 Insn_template::alignment() const
4290 switch (this->type())
4293 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4304 // Stub_template methods.
4306 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4307 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4309 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4310 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4314 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4315 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4317 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4318 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4319 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4320 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4321 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4323 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4324 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4326 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4329 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4330 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4331 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4333 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4336 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4337 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4339 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4340 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4343 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4344 // Entry point cannot be data.
4345 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4346 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4352 offset
+= insn_size
;
4354 this->size_
= offset
;
4359 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4361 template<bool big_endian
>
4363 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4365 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4366 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4368 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4369 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4370 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4372 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4374 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4375 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4377 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4378 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4380 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4382 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4384 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4385 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4386 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4387 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4390 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4391 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4392 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4397 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4399 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4402 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4404 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4407 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4409 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4411 // Global symbol key name
4412 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4413 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4414 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4415 // to the symbol name size.
4416 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4417 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4418 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4419 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4420 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4422 return std::string(buffer
);
4426 // local symbol key name
4427 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4428 const size_t len
= 200;
4430 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4431 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4432 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4433 return std::string(buffer
);
4437 // Reloc_stub methods.
4439 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4440 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4441 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4442 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a little to keep the Stub
4446 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4447 unsigned int r_type
,
4448 Arm_address location
,
4449 Arm_address destination
,
4450 bool target_is_thumb
)
4452 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4454 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4455 // big and little endianities.
4457 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4460 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4462 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4463 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4464 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4465 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4466 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4467 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4471 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4472 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4473 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4474 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4475 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4476 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4479 int64_t branch_offset
;
4480 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4482 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4483 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4484 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4485 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4486 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4488 // Handle cases where:
4489 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4491 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4492 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4494 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4495 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4497 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4498 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4499 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4500 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4501 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4503 if (target_is_thumb
)
4508 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4509 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4512 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4513 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4514 // we must be able to switch mode before
4515 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4516 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4517 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4518 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4519 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4523 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4524 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4525 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4529 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4530 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4531 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4532 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4539 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4540 // object that has interwork enabled.
4542 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4543 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4546 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4547 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4548 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4552 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4553 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4554 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4556 // Handle v4t short branches.
4557 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4558 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4559 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4560 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4564 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4565 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4566 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4568 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4569 if (target_is_thumb
)
4573 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4574 // object that has interwork enabled.
4576 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4577 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4578 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4579 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4580 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4581 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4582 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4584 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4585 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4588 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4589 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4593 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4594 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4600 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4601 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4603 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4604 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4605 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4606 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4614 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4616 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4617 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4620 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4622 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4623 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4625 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4627 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4628 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4629 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4633 // Stub_factory methods.
4635 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4637 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4638 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4640 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4641 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4642 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4644 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4645 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4646 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4649 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4651 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4653 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4654 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4655 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4656 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4659 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4660 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4662 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4663 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4664 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4665 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4666 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4667 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4668 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4669 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4672 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4674 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4676 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4677 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4678 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4679 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4680 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4681 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4684 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4686 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4688 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4689 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4690 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4691 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4692 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4695 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4696 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4697 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4699 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4700 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4701 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4704 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4705 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4706 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4708 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4709 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4710 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4711 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4714 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4715 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4716 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4718 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4720 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4721 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4722 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4723 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4724 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4727 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4728 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4730 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4731 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4732 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4733 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4734 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4737 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4738 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4740 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4741 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4742 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4743 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4744 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4745 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4748 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4750 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4752 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4753 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4754 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4755 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4756 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4757 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4758 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4759 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4762 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4764 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4766 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4767 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4768 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4769 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4770 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4771 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4772 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4775 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4777 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4778 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4785 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4787 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4788 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4789 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4793 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4795 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4797 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4800 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4802 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4805 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4806 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4807 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4808 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4810 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4813 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4814 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4815 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4817 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4818 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4819 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4822 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4823 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4824 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4826 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4827 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4829 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4833 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4834 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4835 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4836 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4844 // Stub_table methods.
4846 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stub.
4848 template<bool big_endian
>
4850 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4852 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4853 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4856 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4859 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4861 template<bool big_endian
>
4863 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4865 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4866 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4867 Output_section
* output_section
,
4868 unsigned char* view
,
4869 Arm_address address
,
4870 section_size_type view_size
)
4872 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4873 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4875 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4876 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4877 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4878 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4880 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4881 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4885 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4887 template<bool big_endian
>
4889 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4890 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4891 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4892 Output_section
* output_section
,
4893 unsigned char* view
,
4894 Arm_address address
,
4895 section_size_type view_size
)
4897 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4899 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4901 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4903 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4904 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4905 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4907 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4908 address
, view_size
);
4910 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4911 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4912 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4914 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4915 address
, view_size
);
4917 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4918 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4919 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4923 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4924 address
, view_size
);
4928 // Write out the stubs to file.
4930 template<bool big_endian
>
4932 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4934 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4935 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4936 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4937 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4939 // Write relocation stubs.
4940 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4941 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4944 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4945 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4947 == align_address(address
,
4948 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4949 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4953 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4954 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4955 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4958 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4959 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4961 == align_address(address
,
4962 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4963 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4967 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4968 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4969 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4975 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4977 == align_address(address
,
4978 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4979 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4983 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4986 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4987 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4988 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4990 template<bool big_endian
>
4992 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4994 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4995 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4996 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4998 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4999 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5002 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
5003 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5004 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5005 + stub_template
->size());
5008 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5009 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5015 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5016 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5017 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5018 + stub_template
->size());
5021 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
5022 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
5023 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5024 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
5025 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
5027 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
5029 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
5034 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5035 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5037 template<bool big_endian
>
5039 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
5041 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5042 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5043 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5046 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5047 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
5048 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5049 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5050 stub
->set_offset(off
);
5051 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5053 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5054 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5055 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5056 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
5057 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
5060 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5061 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5067 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5068 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5069 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5070 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
5071 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5074 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
5077 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5078 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5079 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5081 template<bool big_endian
>
5083 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5084 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5085 unsigned char* view
,
5086 Arm_address view_address
,
5087 section_size_type view_size
)
5089 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5090 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
5091 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
5092 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
5093 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5096 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5097 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5098 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
5099 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5100 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
5102 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5103 section_size_type offset
=
5104 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
5105 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
5107 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
5108 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
5112 // Arm_input_section methods.
5114 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5116 template<bool big_endian
>
5118 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
5120 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
5121 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
5123 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5124 // the original file.
5125 this->original_addralign_
=
5126 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
5128 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5129 // input sections for stubs.
5130 section_size_type section_size
;
5131 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5132 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5133 this->original_size_
=
5134 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
5136 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
== NULL
);
5137 this->original_contents_
= new unsigned char[section_size
];
5138 memcpy(this->original_contents_
, section_contents
, section_size
);
5140 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5141 // output sections are finalized.
5142 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
5143 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
5144 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
5145 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
5146 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
5148 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
5149 this->finalize_data_size();
5152 template<bool big_endian
>
5154 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5156 // We have to write out the original section content.
5157 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
!= NULL
);
5158 of
->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_
,
5159 this->original_size_
);
5161 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5162 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
5163 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
5166 // Finalize data size.
5168 template<bool big_endian
>
5170 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
5172 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5174 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5176 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
5177 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
5178 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
5180 this->set_data_size(off
);
5183 // Reset address and file offset.
5185 template<bool big_endian
>
5187 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5189 // Size of the original input section contents.
5190 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5192 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5193 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5195 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
5197 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5198 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5199 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5200 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
5201 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
5204 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
5207 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5209 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5211 template<bool big_endian
>
5213 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
5215 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5216 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
5217 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5219 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5220 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
5222 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
5223 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5225 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5226 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
5227 Arm_address output_offset
=
5228 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
5229 Arm_address section_start
;
5230 section_size_type section_size
;
5232 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5233 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
5235 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5236 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5237 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_
);
5238 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5240 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section
->text_size());
5244 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5245 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5246 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5247 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5248 section_start
= poris
->address();
5249 section_size
= convert_to_section_size_type(poris
->data_size());
5252 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5253 Arm_address output_address
= section_start
+ section_size
;
5255 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5256 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5257 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5258 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5259 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5260 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5261 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5262 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5264 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5267 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5269 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5270 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5271 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5272 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5273 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5275 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5276 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5277 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5278 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5279 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5280 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5281 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5282 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5283 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5285 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5287 gold_assert(deleted_bytes
!= 0
5288 && deleted_bytes
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5290 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5291 uint32_t size
= exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
;
5292 this->set_data_size(size
);
5293 this->fix_data_size();
5295 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5296 this->section_contents_
= new unsigned char[size
];
5299 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5302 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5303 const unsigned char* original_contents
,
5304 section_size_type original_size
)
5306 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5308 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5309 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5310 section_offset_type in_max
=
5311 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(original_size
);
5312 section_offset_type out_max
=
5313 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->data_size());
5314 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5315 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5316 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5319 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5320 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5321 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5322 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5325 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5326 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5328 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
5329 && in_end
< in_max
&& out_end
< out_max
);
5331 memcpy(this->section_contents_
+ out_start
,
5332 original_contents
+ in_start
,
5334 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5336 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5340 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5341 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5342 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5343 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5344 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5345 // this input offset is being discarded.
5348 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5349 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5351 section_offset_type offset
,
5352 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5354 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5355 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5356 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5359 section_offset_type section_size
=
5360 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5361 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5362 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5366 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5367 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5368 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5369 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5370 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5372 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5373 // input offset is in the valid range.
5374 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5376 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5377 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5378 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5380 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5381 // Offset is present in output.
5382 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5384 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5391 // Write this to output file OF.
5394 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5396 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5397 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5398 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5400 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5401 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5403 memcpy(oview
, this->section_contents_
, oview_size
);
5404 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5407 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5409 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5410 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5411 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5414 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5416 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5417 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5419 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5420 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5421 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5422 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5423 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5424 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5428 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5429 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5433 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5436 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5438 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5439 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5440 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5442 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5444 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5445 delete_entry
= (merge_exidx_entries_
5446 && this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5447 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5448 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5449 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5453 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5454 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5455 delete_entry
= false;
5456 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5458 return delete_entry
;
5461 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5462 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5463 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5464 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5465 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5468 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5469 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5470 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5473 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5474 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5475 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5477 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5479 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5480 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5483 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5484 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5485 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5486 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5487 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5488 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5490 template<bool big_endian
>
5492 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5493 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5494 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
5495 section_size_type section_size
,
5496 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5498 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5499 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5501 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5503 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5504 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5505 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5506 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5507 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5511 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5512 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5513 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5515 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5517 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5519 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5520 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5522 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5524 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5525 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5526 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5527 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5528 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5529 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5530 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5531 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5532 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Otherwise, y1
5534 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5535 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5537 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5541 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5544 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5546 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5547 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5549 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5550 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5551 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5553 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5554 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5555 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5556 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5558 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5559 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5560 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5561 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5564 return deleted_bytes
;
5567 // Arm_output_section methods.
5569 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5570 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5572 template<bool big_endian
>
5574 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5575 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5576 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5577 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5578 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5579 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
,
5582 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5583 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5584 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5585 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5586 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5588 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5589 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5590 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5593 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5594 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5597 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5598 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5602 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5603 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5605 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, owner
->relobj());
5607 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5608 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5611 // Create a stub table.
5612 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5613 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5615 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5617 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5618 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5620 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5623 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5625 // The stub table information for input sections live
5626 // in their objects.
5627 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5628 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5629 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5633 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5636 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5637 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5638 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5639 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5640 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5642 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5643 // implemented differently.
5645 template<bool big_endian
>
5647 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5648 section_size_type group_size
,
5649 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5650 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5653 // We only care about sections containing code.
5654 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5657 // States for grouping.
5660 // No group is being built.
5662 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5663 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5664 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5665 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5666 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5667 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5668 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5672 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5673 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5675 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5676 section_size_type off
= 0;
5677 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5678 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5679 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5680 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5681 this->input_sections().end();
5682 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5683 this->input_sections().end();
5684 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5685 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5686 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5689 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5690 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5691 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5692 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5694 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
5700 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5701 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5702 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5704 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5706 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5707 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5708 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
,
5714 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5715 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5716 // handled by it too.
5717 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5718 stub_table
= group_end
;
5719 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5724 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5725 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5727 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5729 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5730 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5731 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5740 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5741 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5742 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5743 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5744 && (p
->data_size() != 0))
5746 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5748 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5750 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5753 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5755 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5758 off
= section_end_offset
;
5761 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5762 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5764 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5765 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5766 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5769 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5772 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5773 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5774 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5776 // Update the section offsets
5777 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5779 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5780 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5781 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5782 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5783 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5784 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5788 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5789 // order of their position in this.
5791 template<bool big_endian
>
5793 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5794 Text_section_list
* list
)
5796 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5798 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5799 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5802 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5803 // ignore any merged sections.
5804 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5805 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5806 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5811 template<bool big_endian
>
5813 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5815 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5816 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5817 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
5820 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5821 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5823 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5824 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5825 this->discard_states();
5827 // Remove all input sections.
5828 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5829 typedef std::list
<Output_section::Input_section
> Input_section_list
;
5830 Input_section_list input_sections
;
5831 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5832 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5834 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5835 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5837 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5838 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5839 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
, const Output_section::Input_section
*,
5840 Section_id_hash
> Text_to_exidx_map
;
5841 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map
;
5842 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5843 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5846 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5847 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5848 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5849 text_to_exidx_map
[Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx())] = &(*p
);
5852 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries
);
5854 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5855 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5856 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5857 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5858 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5861 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5862 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5864 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5865 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5866 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5867 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5869 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5870 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5871 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5872 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
|| exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5874 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5878 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5879 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5880 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5881 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter
= text_to_exidx_map
.find(sid
);
5882 if (iter
== text_to_exidx_map
.end())
5884 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5885 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5886 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5887 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5888 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5889 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5890 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5891 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5893 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5894 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5895 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5897 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5901 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5903 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, exidx_relobj
);
5904 section_size_type exidx_size
;
5905 const unsigned char* exidx_contents
=
5906 exidx_relobj
->section_contents(exidx_shndx
, &exidx_size
, false);
5908 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5909 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5910 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5911 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5914 §ion_offset_map
);
5916 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5918 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5919 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5920 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5922 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5923 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5924 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5926 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5928 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5929 // section into a relaxed section.
5930 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5932 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5933 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5934 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5935 merged_section
->build_contents(exidx_contents
, exidx_size
);
5937 const std::string secname
= exidx_relobj
->section_name(exidx_shndx
);
5938 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout
, merged_section
, secname
);
5939 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5941 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5942 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5944 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5948 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5949 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5950 const Output_section::Input_section
* pis
= iter
->second
;
5951 gold_assert(pis
->is_input_section());
5952 this->add_script_input_section(*pis
);
5955 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5958 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5959 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5961 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5962 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5963 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5966 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5967 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5969 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5970 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5971 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5972 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5973 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5974 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5975 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5976 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5977 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5978 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5980 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5981 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5984 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5986 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5987 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5991 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5992 // set correct entry size.
5993 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5994 this->set_entsize(8);
5996 // Make changes permanent.
5997 this->save_states();
5998 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
6001 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
6003 template<bool big_endian
>
6005 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::set_exidx_section_link()
6007 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
6008 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
6010 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
6011 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
6012 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
6013 unsigned exidx_shndx
= p
->shndx();
6014 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6015 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx
);
6016 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
6017 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
6018 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
6019 this->set_link_section(os
);
6023 // Arm_relobj methods.
6025 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6026 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6027 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6028 // look up ICF information.
6030 template<bool big_endian
>
6032 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
6033 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6035 const Output_section
* os
,
6036 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6038 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6039 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6040 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
6041 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
6042 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
6045 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6046 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
6049 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6050 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6051 // we cannot handle.
6052 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6054 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6055 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6063 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6064 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6066 template<bool big_endian
>
6068 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6069 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6070 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
6071 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6072 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
6074 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6075 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6078 // Ignore empty section.
6079 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
6083 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6084 // error will be reported in the final link.
6085 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6088 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6089 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6090 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6092 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6094 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6095 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6096 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
6099 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6100 // reported in the final link.
6101 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6102 if (index
>= this->shnum())
6105 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6106 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
6107 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
6108 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
6111 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6112 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6113 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6114 // for large output.
6116 template<bool big_endian
>
6118 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6122 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6124 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6125 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6126 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6127 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6128 return poris
->address();
6131 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
6134 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6135 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6137 template<bool big_endian
>
6139 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6140 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6143 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6145 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
6148 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6150 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6151 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
6157 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6159 template<bool big_endian
>
6161 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6162 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6165 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
6167 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6169 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
6170 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
6171 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
6173 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6174 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6176 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
6178 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
6179 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6180 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6181 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6185 Arm_address output_address
=
6186 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6188 // Get the section contents.
6189 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6190 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6191 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
6193 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6194 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6195 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6196 // to speed up the scanning.
6198 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6199 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6201 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
6202 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
6204 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6205 if (p
->second
== 't')
6207 // Determine the end of this range.
6208 section_size_type span_start
=
6209 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
6210 section_size_type span_end
;
6211 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6212 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6213 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
6215 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6217 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
6218 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
6220 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
6221 span_start
, span_end
,
6231 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6233 template<bool big_endian
>
6235 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6236 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
6237 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6238 const Layout
* layout
)
6240 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6241 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6243 // Read the section headers.
6244 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6248 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6249 // input offsets to output addresses.
6250 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6252 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6254 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6255 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6256 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6257 relinfo
.object
= this;
6259 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6260 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6261 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6263 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6264 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
6267 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6268 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
6269 Arm_address output_address
;
6270 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
6271 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
6274 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6275 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6276 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
6277 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6278 output_address
= poris
->address();
6281 // Get the relocations.
6282 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6286 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6287 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6288 // output view under such circumstances.
6289 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6290 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6291 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
6293 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
6294 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
6295 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6296 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6297 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6298 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6300 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6302 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
6303 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
6304 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
6306 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6307 input_view
, output_address
,
6312 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6313 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6314 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6315 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6316 // scanning is done first.
6317 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6319 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6320 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6322 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6323 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6326 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6331 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6332 // since we no longer need them.
6333 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6336 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6337 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6338 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6339 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6340 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6341 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6342 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook inside
6343 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6345 template<bool big_endian
>
6347 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6348 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6349 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6351 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6354 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6355 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6356 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6360 // Initialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6361 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6362 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6364 // Read the symbol table section header.
6365 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6366 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6367 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6368 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6370 // Read the local symbols.
6371 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6372 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6373 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6374 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6375 locsize
, true, true);
6377 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6378 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6379 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6381 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6385 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6386 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6387 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6389 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6390 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6393 const char* pnames
=
6394 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6395 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6398 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6399 // to THUMB functions.
6401 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6403 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6404 this->local_values();
6405 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6407 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6408 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6409 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6410 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6412 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6413 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6414 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6417 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6418 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6419 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6421 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6422 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6423 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6426 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6427 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6429 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6430 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6431 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6432 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6433 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6438 // Relocate sections.
6439 template<bool big_endian
>
6441 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6442 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6443 const Layout
* layout
,
6444 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6446 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6448 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6449 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6452 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6453 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6456 // Relocate stub tables.
6457 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6459 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6460 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6462 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6463 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6464 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6465 relinfo
.object
= this;
6467 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6469 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6470 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6472 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6473 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6474 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6476 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6477 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6478 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6480 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6481 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6482 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6483 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6485 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6487 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6489 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6490 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6491 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6492 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6494 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6495 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6496 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6497 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6499 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6503 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6504 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6506 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6507 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6508 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6509 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6511 // Adjust view to cover section.
6512 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6513 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6514 Arm_address section_address
=
6515 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6516 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6518 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6519 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6520 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6522 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6524 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6525 // corresponding to this input section.
6526 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6535 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the first
6536 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6537 // must be linked to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6538 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6539 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6540 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6541 // discover the linked code section.
6543 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6544 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6545 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6548 template<bool big_endian
>
6550 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6551 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6552 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6553 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6555 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6557 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6559 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6560 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6562 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6563 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6565 // Get the relocations.
6566 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6567 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6569 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6570 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6572 Arm_address r_offset
;
6573 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6574 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6576 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6577 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6578 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6582 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6583 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6584 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6587 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6588 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6591 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6593 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6597 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6598 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6599 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6600 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6601 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6605 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6606 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6616 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6617 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6618 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6620 template<bool big_endian
>
6622 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6624 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6625 unsigned int text_shndx
,
6626 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
)
6628 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6629 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6630 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6631 shdr
.get_sh_addralign(),
6632 text_shdr
.get_sh_size());
6634 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6635 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6637 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
|| text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6639 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6640 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
, text_shndx
,
6641 this->name().c_str());
6642 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6644 else if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6646 unsigned other_exidx_shndx
=
6647 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx();
6648 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6650 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6651 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx
).c_str(),
6652 other_exidx_shndx
, this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(),
6653 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6654 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6657 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6659 // Check section flags of text section.
6660 if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
6662 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6664 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6665 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6666 this->name().c_str());
6667 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6669 else if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
6670 // I would like to make this an error but currently ld just ignores
6672 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6674 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6675 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6676 this->name().c_str());
6679 // Read the symbol information.
6681 template<bool big_endian
>
6683 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6685 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6686 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6688 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6689 // specific flags and attributes section.
6690 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6691 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6693 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6694 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6698 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6699 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6700 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6702 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6703 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6705 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6707 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6708 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6709 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6710 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6711 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6712 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6714 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6716 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6717 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6718 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6719 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6721 // Symbol table is not empty.
6722 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6723 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6724 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6725 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6727 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6728 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6730 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6732 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6734 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6735 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6736 section_size_type section_size
=
6737 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6738 const unsigned char* view
=
6739 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6740 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6741 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
6743 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6745 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6746 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6747 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6750 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6751 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6752 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6754 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6755 if ((shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
) == 0)
6756 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6757 this->section_name(i
).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6762 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6764 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections
.empty());
6765 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6769 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6770 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6771 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6773 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6774 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6775 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6776 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6777 // want to slow down the most common path.
6778 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6779 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6780 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6781 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6783 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6784 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6785 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6787 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6788 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6789 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6791 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6792 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6793 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6795 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6797 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6801 // Read the symbol table section header.
6802 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6803 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6804 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6805 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6807 // Read the local symbols.
6808 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6809 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6810 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6811 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6812 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6813 locsize
, true, true);
6815 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6816 for (unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6818 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6819 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6820 unsigned int text_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6821 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6822 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end())
6823 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6824 psyms
, &text_shndx
);
6825 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6826 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6827 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6832 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6833 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6834 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implicit
6835 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6836 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6837 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6839 template<bool big_endian
>
6841 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6843 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6845 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6846 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6848 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6849 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6850 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6853 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6854 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6855 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6859 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6860 // to these from the linked text sections.
6861 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6862 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6864 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6865 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6867 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6868 // sections from its linked text section.
6869 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6870 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6875 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6876 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6877 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6878 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6880 template<bool big_endian
>
6882 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6884 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6885 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6886 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6888 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6889 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6891 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6895 // Read the symbol table section header.
6896 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6897 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6898 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6899 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6901 // Read the local symbols.
6902 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6903 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6904 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6905 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6906 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6907 locsize
, true, true);
6909 // Loop over the local symbols.
6911 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6913 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6914 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6915 unsigned int count
= 0;
6916 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6918 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6920 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6922 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6924 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6925 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6929 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6934 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6936 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6939 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6943 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6944 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6945 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6946 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6947 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6949 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6950 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6951 if (output_offset
== -1)
6953 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6954 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6955 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6964 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6965 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6968 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6970 // Read the symbol information.
6972 template<bool big_endian
>
6974 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6976 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6977 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6979 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6980 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6981 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6983 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6984 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6986 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6987 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6988 // the section headers.
6989 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6990 const unsigned char* ps
=
6991 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6992 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6994 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6995 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6997 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6998 section_size_type section_size
=
6999 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
7000 const unsigned char* view
=
7001 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
7002 this->attributes_section_data_
=
7003 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
7009 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
7011 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
7013 template<bool big_endian
>
7014 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
7015 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
7016 unsigned int r_type
,
7017 const unsigned char* view
,
7018 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
7020 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
7024 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7025 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7026 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7028 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7029 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7030 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7031 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
7034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
7038 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7039 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7040 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7041 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7042 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7047 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7048 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7049 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7050 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7051 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7059 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7061 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7062 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7063 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7064 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7065 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7067 template<bool big_endian
>
7069 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7070 unsigned int got_type
,
7073 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
7076 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7078 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7079 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
7080 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7081 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7082 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7086 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7088 template<bool big_endian
>
7090 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7091 unsigned int got_type
,
7092 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7095 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
7098 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7100 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7101 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
7102 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7103 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7104 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7108 template<bool big_endian
>
7110 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7112 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7113 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
7115 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7116 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
7119 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
7121 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7122 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7123 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7124 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7126 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
7127 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7129 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7130 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7131 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7132 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7134 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
7136 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
7139 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
7141 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
7142 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
7143 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
7145 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7146 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7148 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
7149 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
7151 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7152 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
7153 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
7155 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7156 " object %s in GOT"),
7157 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
7161 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7165 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
7166 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7167 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
7168 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
7170 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7171 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7172 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7173 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7174 || gsym
->is_undefined())
7175 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7177 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7182 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7184 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
7185 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
7186 value
= sym
->value();
7192 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
7193 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
7195 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7196 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
7198 switch (reloc
.r_type())
7200 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7204 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7209 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
7212 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7215 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7217 template<bool big_endian
>
7218 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
7221 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
7224 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
7226 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7228 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
7230 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7231 const Reloc_section
*
7233 { return this->rel_
; }
7235 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7238 { return this->count_
; }
7240 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7242 first_plt_entry_offset()
7243 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
7245 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7247 get_plt_entry_size()
7248 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
7252 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
7254 // Write to a map file.
7256 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
7257 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7260 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7261 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
7263 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7264 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
7266 // Set the final size.
7268 set_final_data_size()
7270 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7271 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
7274 // Write out the PLT data.
7276 do_write(Output_file
*);
7278 // The reloc section.
7279 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
7280 // The .got.plt section.
7281 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
7282 // The number of PLT entries.
7283 unsigned int count_
;
7286 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7287 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7288 // section just for PLT entries.
7290 template<bool big_endian
>
7291 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
7292 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7293 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
7295 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
7296 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7297 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
7298 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
7301 template<bool big_endian
>
7303 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
7308 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7310 template<bool big_endian
>
7312 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
7314 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
7316 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7317 // reserved PLT entry.
7318 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
7319 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
7323 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
7325 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7326 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7327 // lazily when the function is called).
7328 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
7330 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7331 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7332 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
7335 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7336 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7337 // appear in the relocations.
7341 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7342 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7343 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7345 // The first entry in the PLT.
7346 template<bool big_endian
>
7347 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
7349 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7350 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7351 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7352 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7353 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7356 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7358 template<bool big_endian
>
7359 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7361 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7362 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7363 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7366 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7367 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7368 // Processor Supplement.
7370 template<bool big_endian
>
7372 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7374 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7375 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7376 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7377 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7379 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7380 const section_size_type got_size
=
7381 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7382 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7384 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7386 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7387 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7389 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7390 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7391 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7392 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7393 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7394 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7395 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7396 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7397 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7399 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7401 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7404 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
7405 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7406 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
7407 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7408 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7409 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7412 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7414 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7415 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7418 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7419 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7420 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7422 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7423 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7424 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7425 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7426 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7427 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7428 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7430 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7431 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7434 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7435 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7437 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7438 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7441 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7443 template<bool big_endian
>
7445 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7448 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7451 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7453 // Create the GOT sections first.
7454 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7456 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7457 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7459 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7460 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7462 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7465 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7467 template<bool big_endian
>
7469 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
7471 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7473 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
7476 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7478 template<bool big_endian
>
7480 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7482 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7485 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7487 template<bool big_endian
>
7489 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
7491 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::get_plt_entry_size();
7494 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7496 template<bool big_endian
>
7497 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7498 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7500 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7503 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7505 template<bool big_endian
>
7507 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7508 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7511 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7514 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7515 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7517 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7518 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7519 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7523 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7525 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7526 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7529 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7532 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7534 template<bool big_endian
>
7536 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7537 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7539 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7541 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7543 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7544 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7545 unsigned int got_offset
;
7546 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7548 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7549 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7550 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7555 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7557 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7560 got
->add_constant(0);
7561 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7563 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7566 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7567 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7568 // known at link time.
7570 template<bool big_endian
>
7571 tls::Tls_optimization
7572 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7574 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7575 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7578 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
7580 template<bool big_endian
>
7582 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
)
7586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7590 // No symbol reference.
7593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7604 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7654 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7665 // R_ARM_PREL31 is not used to relocate call/jump instructions but
7666 // in unwind tables. It may point to functions via PLTs.
7667 // So we treat it like call/jump relocations above.
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7669 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
| Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7675 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7682 return Symbol::TLS_REF
;
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7695 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
7700 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7702 template<bool big_endian
>
7704 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7705 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7706 unsigned int r_type
)
7708 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7709 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7712 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7713 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7714 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7715 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7716 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7717 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7718 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7720 template<bool big_endian
>
7722 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7723 unsigned int r_type
)
7727 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7731 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7735 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7737 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7738 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7739 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7744 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7745 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7746 // error per object file.
7747 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7749 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7750 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7751 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7752 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7753 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7754 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7755 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7764 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7765 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7766 // on ARM v5te devices.
7768 template<bool big_endian
>
7770 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7773 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7774 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7775 Output_section
* output_section
,
7776 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7777 unsigned int r_type
,
7778 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7780 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7783 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7785 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7789 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7791 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7792 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7793 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7794 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7795 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7796 // relocate it easily.
7797 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7799 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7800 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7801 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7802 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7803 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7804 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7805 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7809 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7812 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7818 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7819 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7820 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7821 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7822 // relocation statically.
7823 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7825 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7826 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7827 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7828 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7829 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7830 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7833 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7834 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7836 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7839 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7842 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7843 r_type
, output_section
,
7844 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7849 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7850 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7851 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7852 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7853 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7854 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7861 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7864 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7865 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7866 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7869 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7889 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7890 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7894 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7895 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7896 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7898 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7903 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7905 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7906 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7909 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7910 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7911 // We need a GOT section:
7912 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7915 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7916 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7918 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7919 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7920 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7921 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7922 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7924 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7925 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7926 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7928 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7929 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7930 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7931 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7932 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7938 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7939 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7940 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7942 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7946 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7947 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7948 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7949 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7953 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7955 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7956 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7957 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7958 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7961 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7962 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7963 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7967 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7968 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7970 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7971 // dtv-relative offset.
7972 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7973 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7974 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7975 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7977 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7980 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7985 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7986 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7988 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7989 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7991 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7995 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7999 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8000 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8002 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8003 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8006 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8014 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8015 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8017 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8018 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8019 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8020 unsigned int r_sym
=
8021 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8022 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8023 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8024 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8025 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8026 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8027 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8029 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8030 unsigned int got_offset
=
8031 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8032 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8033 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
8038 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8042 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8043 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8044 if (output_is_shared
)
8046 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8047 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
8048 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8049 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8050 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8051 output_section
, data_shndx
,
8052 reloc
.get_r_offset());
8062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8067 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
8072 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
8074 template<bool big_endian
>
8076 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
8077 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8078 unsigned int r_type
,
8081 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
8082 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
8085 template<bool big_endian
>
8087 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
8088 unsigned int r_type
)
8092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8097 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8099 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8100 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8101 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8102 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8103 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8104 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
8108 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
8113 template<bool big_endian
>
8115 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8118 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8119 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
8122 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8123 unsigned int r_type
,
8124 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
8126 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8127 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8130 template<bool big_endian
>
8132 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8135 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8136 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
8139 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8140 unsigned int r_type
,
8143 // GOT is not a function.
8144 if (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8147 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8148 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8151 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8153 template<bool big_endian
>
8155 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8158 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8159 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8160 Output_section
* output_section
,
8161 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
8162 unsigned int r_type
,
8165 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8166 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8167 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8168 if (!target
->has_got_section()
8169 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8170 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8172 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8175 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8176 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8177 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8178 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8183 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8186 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8187 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8188 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8189 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8190 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8191 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8192 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8194 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8195 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
8197 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8198 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8199 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8200 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8202 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
8203 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8205 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8206 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8208 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
8210 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8211 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8213 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8214 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
8215 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8217 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8218 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
8219 output_section
, object
,
8220 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8224 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8225 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8226 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8227 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8234 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8235 // We need a GOT section.
8236 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8243 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8249 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
8251 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8255 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8256 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8284 // Relative addressing relocations.
8286 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8287 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8289 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
8291 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8292 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8296 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8297 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8298 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8299 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8310 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8312 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8313 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8314 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8316 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8317 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8318 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8319 // call the personality routine and the dynamic linkers we care about
8320 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8321 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8322 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8323 // a local section symbol.
8325 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8326 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8327 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8329 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8330 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8332 if (gsym
->is_defined()
8333 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8334 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
8336 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8339 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
8341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8343 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8344 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8345 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8346 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8347 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
8350 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8351 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8352 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8353 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8354 || gsym
->is_undefined()
8355 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
8356 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
8357 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
8360 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8361 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
8362 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8363 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8369 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8370 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8371 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8373 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8375 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8376 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8377 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8378 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8379 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8380 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8383 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8385 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8386 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8387 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8388 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8389 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8391 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
8392 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8393 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8397 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8399 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8400 // dtv-relative offset.
8401 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8402 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8403 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8404 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8405 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8406 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
8407 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
8409 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
8412 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8416 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8417 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8419 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8420 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8423 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8427 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8431 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8432 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8434 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8435 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8436 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8437 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8438 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8439 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8440 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8441 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8443 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8444 unsigned int got_offset
=
8445 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8446 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8447 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
8451 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8455 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8456 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8457 if (parameters
->options().shared())
8459 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8460 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8461 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8462 output_section
, object
,
8463 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8473 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8474 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8475 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8476 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8478 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
8483 // Process relocations for gc.
8485 template<bool big_endian
>
8487 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8489 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8490 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8492 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8494 Output_section
* output_section
,
8495 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8496 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8497 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8499 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
8500 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8502 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
,
8503 typename
Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
8512 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8517 // Scan relocations for a section.
8519 template<bool big_endian
>
8521 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8523 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8524 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8525 unsigned int sh_type
,
8526 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8528 Output_section
* output_section
,
8529 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8530 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8531 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8533 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8534 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8536 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8537 object
->name().c_str());
8541 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
8550 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8555 // Finalize the sections.
8557 template<bool big_endian
>
8559 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
8561 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8562 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
8564 bool merged_any_attributes
= false;
8565 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8566 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8567 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8570 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8571 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8572 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8574 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8576 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8577 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8578 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8579 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8583 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8584 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8587 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8588 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8589 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8591 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8592 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8593 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8594 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8597 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8598 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8600 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8601 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
8604 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8605 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8606 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
8607 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
8609 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8610 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8611 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8614 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8615 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8617 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8618 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8619 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8620 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8621 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8622 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8625 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8626 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8627 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8628 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8629 && !this->may_use_blx())
8630 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8631 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8633 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8634 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8636 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8637 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8638 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8640 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8642 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8643 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8645 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8646 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8648 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8650 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8651 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8653 // Create __exidx_start and __exidx_end symbols.
8654 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8655 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8656 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8657 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8659 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8660 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8661 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8662 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8665 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8666 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8667 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8669 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0,
8672 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8673 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8674 exidx_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section
,
8680 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8681 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8682 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8683 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8685 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8686 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8687 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8688 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8693 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8695 if (merged_any_attributes
)
8697 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8698 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8699 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8700 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8701 attributes_section
, ORDER_INVALID
,
8705 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8706 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8707 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8709 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8711 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* os
=
8712 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
8713 os
->set_exidx_section_link();
8717 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8718 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8719 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8720 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8721 // apply the static relocation.
8723 template<bool big_endian
>
8725 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8726 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8727 unsigned int r_type
,
8729 Output_section
* output_section
)
8731 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8732 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8734 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8737 int ref_flags
= Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
);
8739 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8740 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8741 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8742 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8744 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8745 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8748 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8749 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8750 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8752 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8753 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8754 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8755 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8756 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8759 // Perform a relocation.
8761 template<bool big_endian
>
8763 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8764 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8766 Output_section
* output_section
,
8768 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8769 unsigned int r_type
,
8770 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8771 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8772 unsigned char* view
,
8773 Arm_address address
,
8774 section_size_type view_size
)
8776 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8778 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8779 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8780 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8781 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8783 std::string reloc_name
=
8784 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8785 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8786 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8787 reloc_name
.c_str());
8791 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8792 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8794 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8795 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8796 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8797 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8798 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8799 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8800 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8802 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8803 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8805 if (reloc_property
->uses_got_entry())
8807 // Get the GOT offset.
8808 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8809 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8810 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8811 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8819 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8820 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8821 - target
->got_size());
8825 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8826 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8827 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8828 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8829 - target
->got_size());
8831 have_got_offset
= true;
8838 else if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8842 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8843 // final target is THUMB.
8844 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8846 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8847 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8848 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8851 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8853 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8854 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8855 // be converted into an NOP.
8856 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8858 else if (gsym
->is_undefined() && reloc_property
->uses_symbol())
8860 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8861 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8867 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8868 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8869 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8871 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8872 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8873 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8874 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8881 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8882 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8883 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8884 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8885 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8890 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8891 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8892 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8893 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8896 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8898 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8899 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8901 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8902 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8903 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8907 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8909 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8911 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8912 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8913 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8914 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8916 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8917 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8918 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8919 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8920 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8921 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8923 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8924 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8925 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8926 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8928 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8929 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8930 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8933 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8934 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8935 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8937 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8938 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8939 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8940 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8941 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8943 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8944 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8946 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8947 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8949 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8950 relative_address_base
= address
;
8952 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8953 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8959 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8960 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8961 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8967 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8968 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8969 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8973 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8974 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8978 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8979 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8983 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
8984 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8988 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8989 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
8990 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8991 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8996 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8997 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9002 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9003 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9004 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
9007 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9008 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9009 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9010 0, thumb_bit
, false);
9013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9014 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9015 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
9019 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9023 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9024 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
9028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9031 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9032 relative_address_base
);
9035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9039 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9040 relative_address_base
,
9041 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9044 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9047 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9048 relative_address_base
);
9051 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
9052 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9053 address
, thumb_bit
);
9056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9057 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9058 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
9061 // Thumb long branches.
9062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9066 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
9067 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9068 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
9073 Arm_address got_origin
;
9074 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9075 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9076 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
9081 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
9083 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
9086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
9087 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9088 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
9091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
9092 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9093 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
9096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
9097 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9098 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
9099 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
9100 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
9101 Arm_address got_origin
;
9102 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9103 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
9104 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
9108 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9109 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9110 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9111 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9112 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
9113 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
9114 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
9115 || (gsym
->is_defined()
9116 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
9117 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
9119 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9120 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9121 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9124 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9126 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9130 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9132 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9135 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9137 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9140 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9142 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9145 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9146 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
9147 address
, thumb_bit
);
9150 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
9151 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
9153 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
9154 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
9156 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
9157 is_v4bx_interworking
);
9161 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9163 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9166 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9168 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9171 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9173 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9177 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9178 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9180 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9183 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9186 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9188 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
9189 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9190 relative_address_base
,
9191 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9194 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9195 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9197 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9199 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9201 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
9202 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9203 relative_address_base
);
9206 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9207 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9209 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9210 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9211 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9213 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
9214 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9215 relative_address_base
);
9218 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9219 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9220 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9223 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9225 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
9226 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9227 relative_address_base
);
9230 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9232 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9234 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9235 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9238 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
9239 view
, address
, view_size
);
9242 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9243 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
9244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
9245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
9246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
9248 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9249 // message in the scan methods.
9253 // Report any errors.
9254 switch (reloc_status
)
9256 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
9258 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9259 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9260 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9261 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9263 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9264 gold_error_at_location(
9268 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9269 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9278 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9280 template<bool big_endian
>
9281 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
9282 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9283 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9284 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
9286 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
9287 unsigned int r_type
,
9288 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9289 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9290 unsigned char* view
,
9291 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
9292 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
9294 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
9295 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9296 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
9298 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
9300 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
9302 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
9303 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
9304 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
9305 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9306 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9311 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
9312 unsigned int got_offset
;
9315 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9316 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
9320 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9321 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9322 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
9323 - target
->got_size());
9325 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9327 Arm_address got_entry
=
9328 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9330 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9332 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9333 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9338 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9339 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9341 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9342 // the module index.
9343 unsigned int got_offset
;
9344 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
9345 - target
->got_size());
9346 Arm_address got_entry
=
9347 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9349 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9351 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9352 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9357 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
9358 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9361 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9363 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9364 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9365 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
9366 unsigned int got_offset
;
9369 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9370 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
9374 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9375 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9376 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
9379 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9380 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
9382 Arm_address got_entry
=
9383 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9385 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9386 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9387 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9392 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9393 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9394 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
9396 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
9398 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9399 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9400 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
9401 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
9402 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
9405 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9411 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9412 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9414 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
9417 // Relocate section data.
9419 template<bool big_endian
>
9421 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
9422 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9423 unsigned int sh_type
,
9424 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9426 Output_section
* output_section
,
9427 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9428 unsigned char* view
,
9429 Arm_address address
,
9430 section_size_type view_size
,
9431 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
9433 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
9434 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9436 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9437 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9438 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9440 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
9441 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
9442 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9445 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
9446 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
9448 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
9449 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
9450 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
9452 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
9455 view_size
= section_size
;
9459 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9466 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9470 reloc_symbol_changes
);
9473 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9476 template<bool big_endian
>
9478 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9479 unsigned int r_type
,
9482 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9483 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9484 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9489 std::string reloc_name
=
9490 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
9491 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9492 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
9497 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9499 template<bool big_endian
>
9501 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9502 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9504 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
9505 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9506 unsigned int sh_type
,
9507 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9509 Output_section
* output_section
,
9510 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9511 size_t local_symbol_count
,
9512 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
9513 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
9515 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9517 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9518 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
9520 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9521 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
9529 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9535 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9537 template<bool big_endian
>
9539 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9540 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9541 unsigned int sh_type
,
9542 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9544 Output_section
* output_section
,
9545 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9546 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
9547 unsigned char* view
,
9548 Arm_address view_address
,
9549 section_size_type view_size
,
9550 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
9551 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
9553 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9555 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9560 offset_in_output_section
,
9569 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9570 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9572 template<bool big_endian
>
9574 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9575 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9576 unsigned int sh_type
,
9577 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
9579 Output_section
* output_section
,
9580 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9581 unsigned char* view
,
9582 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9584 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
9586 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9587 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9589 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9590 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
9592 const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(0) - 1;
9594 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
9595 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9596 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
9598 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
9599 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
9601 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9602 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9603 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9605 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9606 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9607 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
9609 // Get the new symbol index.
9610 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9611 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
9613 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9614 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9615 // the output section corresponding to input section
9616 // in which this symbol is defined.
9618 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
9619 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
9620 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
9621 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
9622 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
9623 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
9625 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9626 // this relocation should be applied.
9628 Arm_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
9629 Arm_address new_offset
;
9630 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9631 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
9634 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
9635 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Arm_address
>(offset
);
9636 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
9637 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9639 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
9640 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
9643 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9644 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9645 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9646 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
9648 new_offset
+= view_address
;
9649 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9650 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
9653 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
9654 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
9656 // Handle the reloc addend.
9657 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9658 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9659 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9660 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9661 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9662 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9663 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9665 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9667 // Handle THUMB bit.
9668 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9669 Arm_address thumb_bit
=
9670 object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
9672 && arp
->uses_thumb_bit()
9673 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9675 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9676 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9677 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9681 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
9682 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status reloc_status
=
9683 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
;
9686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9687 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs8(paddend
, object
,
9691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9692 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs12(paddend
, object
,
9696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9697 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs16(paddend
, object
,
9701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9702 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_abs5(paddend
,
9707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9711 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::movw(
9712 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9715 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9716 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9717 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9719 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_movw(
9720 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9723 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9724 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9727 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
9728 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9737 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
9738 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9744 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(paddend
, object
,
9745 psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
);
9748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9750 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump6(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9756 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9762 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9768 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::prel31(paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0,
9772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9774 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9780 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc12(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9786 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_alu11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9790 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9791 // in a relocatable link.
9792 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9793 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9794 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9795 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9796 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9797 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9798 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9799 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9800 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9801 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9803 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9806 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9807 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9808 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9809 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9812 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9818 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9820 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9821 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9822 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9824 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9825 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9826 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9827 arp
->name().c_str());
9834 // Report any errors.
9835 switch (reloc_status
)
9837 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
:
9839 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9840 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9841 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9842 arp
->name().c_str());
9844 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9845 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9846 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9847 arp
->name().c_str());
9854 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9855 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9856 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9857 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9859 template<bool big_endian
>
9861 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
9863 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
9864 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
9867 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9869 template<bool big_endian
>
9871 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
)
9875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
9876 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9877 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
9879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
9880 // This can be any reloc type but usually is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9881 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
9888 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9890 template<bool big_endian
>
9892 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9893 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
9894 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
9896 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9897 // so allow mixing them.
9898 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
|| v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9899 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
9900 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9906 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9907 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9908 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9909 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9911 template<bool big_endian
>
9913 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9914 const std::string
& name
,
9915 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9917 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9919 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9921 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9922 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9925 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9926 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9927 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9928 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9929 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9930 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9931 "EABI version %d."),
9933 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9934 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
9938 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9939 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9940 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9941 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9942 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9943 // to the default values.
9947 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9948 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9949 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
9953 // Adjust ELF file header.
9954 template<bool big_endian
>
9956 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9957 unsigned char* view
,
9960 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9962 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9963 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9964 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9966 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9967 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9968 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9970 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9971 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9973 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9975 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9976 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9979 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9980 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9981 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9982 // ELF object creation.
9984 template<bool big_endian
>
9986 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9987 const std::string
& name
,
9988 Input_file
* input_file
,
9989 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9991 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9992 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9994 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9995 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9999 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
10001 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
10002 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
10008 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
10014 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
10015 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
10016 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10018 template<bool big_endian
>
10020 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10021 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10023 const Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10024 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10026 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10027 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10028 const std::string
& sv
=
10029 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
10031 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
10032 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
10033 return sv
.data()[1];
10035 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
10039 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
10040 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
10041 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10043 template<bool big_endian
>
10045 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
10046 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
10049 Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10050 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10054 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
10058 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10059 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10061 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
10062 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
10066 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
10069 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
10071 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10073 template<bool big_endian
>
10075 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
10078 int* secondary_compat_out
,
10080 int secondary_compat
)
10082 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
10083 static const int v6t2
[] =
10085 T(V6T2
), // PRE_V4.
10095 static const int v6k
[] =
10108 static const int v7
[] =
10122 static const int v6_m
[] =
10137 static const int v6s_m
[] =
10153 static const int v7e_m
[] =
10160 T(V7E_M
), // V5TEJ.
10167 T(V7E_M
), // V6S_M.
10170 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
10177 T(V5TEJ
), // V5TEJ.
10184 T(V6S_M
), // V6S_M.
10185 T(V7E_M
), // V7E_M.
10186 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
10188 static const int* comb
[] =
10196 // Pseudo-architecture.
10200 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10202 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
10204 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
10208 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10210 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
10211 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
10212 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10214 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10217 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
10218 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
10219 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10221 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10222 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
10223 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
10226 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
10227 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
10229 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10230 // as the canonical version.
10231 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
10234 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
10237 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
10241 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10242 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
10250 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10252 template<bool big_endian
>
10254 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
10256 static const char* aeabi_enum_names
[] =
10257 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10258 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
10259 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
10261 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
10262 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
10266 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
10267 return std::string(buffer
);
10271 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10273 template<bool big_endian
>
10275 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
10277 static const char* name_table
[] = {
10278 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10279 // that from the architecture version alone.
10295 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
10297 if (value
< name_table_size
)
10298 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
10302 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
10303 return std::string(buffer
);
10307 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10308 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10310 template<bool big_endian
>
10312 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
10314 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10316 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10320 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10321 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
10322 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
10324 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
10325 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10326 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10328 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10329 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10330 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value() != 0)
10332 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0
10333 && out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value()
10334 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10336 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10337 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10341 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] =
10342 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
];
10343 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_type(0);
10344 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_int_value(0);
10350 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10351 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10352 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10354 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10355 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
10356 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
10358 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10359 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
10360 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
10361 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
10362 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
10363 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10364 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10368 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
10370 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10373 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
10374 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
10375 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10378 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
10379 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
10380 // Use the first value seen.
10383 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
10385 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
10386 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10387 int secondary_compat
=
10388 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
10389 int secondary_compat_out
=
10390 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10391 this->attributes_section_data_
);
10392 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
10393 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10394 &secondary_compat_out
,
10395 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10396 secondary_compat
));
10397 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
10398 secondary_compat_out
);
10400 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10401 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
10402 ; // Leave the names alone.
10403 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10405 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10406 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10407 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
10408 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
10409 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
10410 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
10414 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
10415 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
10418 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10419 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10420 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
10422 const std::string cpu_name
=
10423 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10424 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10425 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10426 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10427 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
10432 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
10433 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
10434 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
10435 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
10436 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10437 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
10438 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
10439 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
10440 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
10441 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
10442 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
10443 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
10444 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
10445 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
10446 // Use the largest value specified.
10447 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10448 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10451 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
10452 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
10453 // Use the smallest value specified.
10454 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10455 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10458 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
10459 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
10460 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
10461 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
10464 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conforming
10465 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10467 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10471 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
10472 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
10474 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10475 // 2 = weak requirement.
10476 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10478 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10479 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10480 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
10481 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10482 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10483 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10484 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
10485 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
10486 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10490 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
10491 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10493 // 0 will merge with anything.
10494 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10495 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10496 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10497 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10498 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10499 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10500 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10501 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10502 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10503 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10504 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10505 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10507 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10510 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10511 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
10512 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
10516 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
10518 static const struct
10522 } vfp_versions
[7] =
10533 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10535 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
10536 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10538 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
10541 // The output uses the superset of input features
10542 // (ISA version) and registers.
10543 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
10544 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
10545 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
10546 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
10547 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10550 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
10552 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
10553 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
10556 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
10559 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
10560 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
10561 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10562 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10563 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10564 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10566 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10568 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
10571 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
10572 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10573 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10574 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10575 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10577 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
10579 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10580 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10582 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
10583 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10584 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10585 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
10586 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10587 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10588 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10590 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10594 // Use the smallest value specified.
10595 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10596 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10598 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
10599 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10600 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10601 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10602 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10603 && parameters
->options().wchar_size_warning())
10605 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10606 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10607 "across objects may fail"),
10608 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10609 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10611 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10612 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10614 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
10615 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
10617 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10618 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
10620 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10621 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10622 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10624 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10625 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10626 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10627 && parameters
->options().enum_size_warning())
10629 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
10630 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
10631 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10632 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10635 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
10636 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
10640 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
10643 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
10644 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10645 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10647 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10652 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
10653 // Merged in target-independent code.
10655 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
10656 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10657 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
10658 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
10659 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
10660 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10661 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10663 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
10664 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10666 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10667 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10668 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10671 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10672 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10675 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use
:
10676 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10677 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10678 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10679 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10680 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10681 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10682 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10683 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10685 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10687 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10689 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10694 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10695 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10699 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
:
10700 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10701 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10702 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10703 && in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0)
10705 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value()
10706 != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10708 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10709 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10714 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10715 > out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10716 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] = in_attr
[i
];
10720 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
10721 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10722 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10723 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10726 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
10727 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10729 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
10730 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10731 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10732 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
10733 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10738 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10740 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10741 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10742 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10743 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10744 err_object
= "output";
10745 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10746 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10749 if (err_object
!= NULL
10750 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10752 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10753 if ((i
& 127) < 64)
10754 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10758 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10762 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10763 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
10765 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
10766 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10771 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10772 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
10773 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
10776 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10777 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
10779 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10780 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
10781 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10782 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
10783 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
10784 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10785 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
10787 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10788 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
10790 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10793 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10794 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10795 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10796 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
10797 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
10799 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10800 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10801 err_object
= "output";
10802 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10803 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10804 delete out_iter
->second
;
10805 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10806 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10808 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10809 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10810 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
10812 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10813 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10815 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
10818 else // The tags are equal.
10820 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10821 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10822 err_object
= "output";
10823 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10825 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10826 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
10828 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10829 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10830 delete out_iter
->second
;
10831 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10832 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10836 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10842 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10844 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10845 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
10847 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10848 err_object
, err_tag
);
10852 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10853 err_object
, err_tag
);
10859 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10861 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10863 template<bool big_endian
>
10864 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10865 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
10867 unsigned int shndx
)
10869 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10871 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
10872 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
10873 arm_input_section
->init();
10875 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10876 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
10877 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
10879 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10880 // for this input section already.
10881 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
10883 return arm_input_section
;
10886 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10887 // section of RELOBJ.
10889 template<bool big_endian
>
10890 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10891 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
10893 unsigned int shndx
) const
10895 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10896 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
10897 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
10898 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
10901 // Make a new stub table.
10903 template<bool big_endian
>
10904 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
10905 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
10907 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10908 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
10909 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
10911 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
10912 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
10913 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
10918 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10920 template<bool big_endian
>
10922 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10923 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10924 unsigned int r_type
,
10925 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
10926 unsigned int r_sym
,
10927 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
10928 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
10929 Arm_address address
)
10931 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
10933 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10934 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10936 bool target_is_thumb
;
10937 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10940 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10941 // final target is THUMB.
10942 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
10944 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10945 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10946 + gsym
->plt_offset());
10948 target_is_thumb
= false;
10950 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
10951 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10956 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
10957 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10958 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
10959 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10964 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10965 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
10968 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10969 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
10970 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
10971 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
10972 if (target_is_thumb
10973 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
10974 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
10976 Arm_address stripped_value
=
10977 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
10978 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
10982 // Get the symbol value.
10983 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
10985 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
10986 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
10987 Arm_address destination
;
10990 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
10991 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
10992 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
10994 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
10996 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
10997 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
10998 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
10999 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
11001 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
11004 gold_unreachable();
11007 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
11008 Stub_type stub_type
=
11009 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
11011 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11013 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11014 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11015 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11016 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11018 // Locate stub by destination.
11019 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
11021 // Create a stub if there is not one already
11022 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
11025 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11026 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
11027 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
11030 // Record the destination address.
11031 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
11032 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11035 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
11036 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
11037 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
11038 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
11039 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11040 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11041 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
11043 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
11044 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
11045 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
11046 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
11047 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
11048 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11052 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
11053 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
11054 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
11055 // specific part of a relocation.
11057 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
11058 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
11060 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
11061 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
11062 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
11063 // mapped to output offsets.
11065 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
11066 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
11067 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
11068 // the output section.
11070 template<bool big_endian
>
11071 template<int sh_type
>
11073 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
11074 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11075 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11076 size_t reloc_count
,
11077 Output_section
* output_section
,
11078 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11079 const unsigned char* view
,
11080 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
11083 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
11084 const int reloc_size
=
11085 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
11087 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
11088 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
11089 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
11091 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
11093 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
11095 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
11097 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
11098 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
11099 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
11101 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
11103 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
11104 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
11105 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
11106 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
11107 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
11108 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11109 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
11110 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
11111 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
11114 section_offset_type offset
=
11115 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
11117 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
11119 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
11120 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
11126 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11127 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
11129 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
11131 // Get the BX instruction.
11132 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11133 const Valtype
* wv
=
11134 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
11135 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
11136 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11137 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
11141 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11142 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11143 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11144 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11146 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
11148 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11149 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
11150 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
11151 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
11152 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
11160 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
11161 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
11162 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
11164 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
11166 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11167 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
11168 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
11169 unsigned int shndx
;
11170 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
11173 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
11175 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11176 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11177 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11178 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11179 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11181 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
11182 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11184 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11185 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
11186 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
));
11188 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11190 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11192 typedef Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
> ObjType
;
11193 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
11194 arm_object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
11196 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
11198 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11199 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11200 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11201 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
11203 const std::string
& section_name
=
11204 arm_object
->section_name(shndx
);
11205 arm_object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11206 "in a merged section %s"),
11207 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
11213 // We cannot determine the final value.
11220 const Symbol
* gsym
;
11221 gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
11222 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
11223 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
11224 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
11226 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
11227 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
11228 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
11230 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11232 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11234 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
11235 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
11236 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
11237 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
11238 Arm_address value
=
11239 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
11241 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11242 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
11244 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
11246 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
11247 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
11248 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11249 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11252 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11253 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11254 && gsym
->is_undefined());
11258 Symbol_value
<32> symval2
;
11259 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11261 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
11263 std::string name
= arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11264 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
11266 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
11268 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11269 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11270 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11271 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11274 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
11275 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
11277 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
11279 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11283 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
11284 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
11285 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11287 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11289 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11290 psymval
= &symval2
;
11293 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11294 // destination. Give up.
11295 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
11298 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
11299 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
11303 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11305 template<bool big_endian
>
11307 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11308 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11309 unsigned int sh_type
,
11310 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11311 size_t reloc_count
,
11312 Output_section
* output_section
,
11313 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11314 const unsigned char* view
,
11315 Arm_address view_address
,
11316 section_size_type view_size
)
11318 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
11319 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
11324 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11328 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
11329 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11331 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
11336 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11341 gold_unreachable();
11344 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11346 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
11347 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11348 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11349 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11350 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11351 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11352 // extend the group after the stub table.
11354 template<bool big_endian
>
11356 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
11358 section_size_type group_size
,
11359 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
11362 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11363 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
11364 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
11365 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
11366 p
!= section_list
.end();
11369 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
11370 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11371 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
11376 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11378 template<bool big_endian
>
11380 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
11382 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11383 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11387 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11388 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
11390 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11392 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
11393 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
11396 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11397 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11398 // is passed a negative value, we restrict stubs to be always after
11399 // the stubbed branches.
11400 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
11401 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
11402 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
11403 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
11405 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
11408 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11409 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11410 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11411 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11412 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11414 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11415 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11416 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11418 stub_group_size
= 4145152;
11421 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11422 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11423 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11424 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11425 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11426 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11427 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11429 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
11430 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size
= 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11431 stub_group_size
= std::max(stub_group_size
, cortex_a8_group_size
);
11434 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
, task
);
11436 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11437 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
= NULL
;
11438 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
=
11439 layout
->section_list().begin();
11440 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11442 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
11444 if (exidx_output_section
== NULL
)
11445 exidx_output_section
=
11446 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11448 // We cannot handle this now.
11449 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11450 "non-relocatable link"),
11451 exidx_output_section
->name(),
11455 if (exidx_output_section
!= NULL
)
11457 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, input_objects
, exidx_output_section
,
11459 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
11464 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11465 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11466 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11467 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11470 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11471 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
11472 (*sp
)->addralign());
11473 (*sp
)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
11474 owner
->offset() + off
);
11478 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11479 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11480 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11481 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11482 // That would require more book-keeping.
11483 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11485 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11486 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11487 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
11488 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
11491 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
11493 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11494 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11495 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11497 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11500 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11501 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11502 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11505 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11506 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11507 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11508 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11509 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11510 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
11513 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11514 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11516 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
11517 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
11518 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11519 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11522 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11524 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11525 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11526 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
11527 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
11528 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11529 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
11531 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
11532 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
11536 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11537 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11538 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11540 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
11541 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11544 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
11545 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
11546 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11549 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11550 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
11552 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11553 if (!continue_relaxation
)
11555 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11556 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11558 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
11560 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11561 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11562 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11565 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11566 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11568 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11569 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11571 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11573 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11574 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11575 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11580 return continue_relaxation
;
11583 // Relocate a stub.
11585 template<bool big_endian
>
11587 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
11589 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11590 Output_section
* output_section
,
11591 unsigned char* view
,
11592 Arm_address address
,
11593 section_size_type view_size
)
11596 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
11597 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
11599 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
11600 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
11602 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
11603 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
11604 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
11605 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
11607 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11608 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
11609 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11610 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
11612 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11614 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
11615 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
11616 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
11617 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
11618 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
11619 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
11621 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
11622 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
11623 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
11624 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
11628 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11631 template<bool big_endian
>
11633 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
11635 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
11636 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11637 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
11638 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11639 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11640 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
11641 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
11642 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
11644 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
11646 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
11647 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11648 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
11651 // Reorder attributes.
11653 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11654 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11655 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11658 template<bool big_endian
>
11660 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
11662 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11663 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11664 // and shift everything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11666 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
11668 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
11669 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11671 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
11676 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11678 template<bool big_endian
>
11680 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11681 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
11682 unsigned int shndx
,
11683 section_size_type span_start
,
11684 section_size_type span_end
,
11685 const unsigned char* view
,
11686 Arm_address address
)
11688 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11690 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11691 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11692 // first half of the branch.
11693 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11694 // length non-branch instruction.
11695 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
11696 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
11697 bool last_was_branch
= false;
11698 while (i
< span_end
)
11700 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11701 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
11702 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11703 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
11704 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
11706 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11709 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11710 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11712 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11713 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
11714 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11715 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
11716 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11717 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
11718 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11719 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
11720 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
11723 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
11725 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11726 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11727 // we need to work around.
11728 if (is_32bit_branch
11729 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
11731 && !last_was_branch
)
11733 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11734 bool force_target_arm
= false;
11735 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
11736 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
11737 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11738 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
11740 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
11742 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
11743 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
11745 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11746 && !target_is_thumb
)
11747 force_target_arm
= true;
11748 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11749 && target_is_thumb
)
11750 force_target_thumb
= true;
11754 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
11756 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11757 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
11758 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
11759 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11761 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
11762 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
11763 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11764 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11765 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11766 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11770 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11772 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
11774 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
11776 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11781 stub_type
= (is_blx
11782 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11784 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11785 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
11788 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11790 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
11792 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11793 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11794 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11795 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11796 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
11797 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
11799 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
11803 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11804 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11805 else if (force_target_thumb
11806 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
11808 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
11816 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11817 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11818 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11819 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
11820 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
11822 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
11824 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11825 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
11827 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
11828 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
11832 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11833 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
11834 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11835 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
11840 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
11841 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
11842 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
11846 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11848 template<bool big_endian
>
11850 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11851 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
11852 Arm_address stub_address
,
11853 unsigned char* insn_view
,
11854 Arm_address insn_address
)
11856 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11857 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
11858 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11859 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11860 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
11862 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11863 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
11865 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
11866 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be an unconditional
11867 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11868 upper_insn
= 0xf000U
;
11869 lower_insn
= 0xb800U
;
11871 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
11872 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
11873 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
11874 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
11875 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11876 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11877 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11878 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11879 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
11881 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11882 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
11883 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
11884 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
11888 gold_unreachable();
11891 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11892 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
11893 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
11896 template<bool big_endian
>
11897 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
11900 Target_selector_arm()
11901 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
11902 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
11906 do_instantiate_target()
11907 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
11910 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11912 template<bool big_endian
>
11914 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11916 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11917 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
11918 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11921 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11922 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11923 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11924 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11925 // by addresses within the output section.
11927 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
11928 Sorted_output_section_list
;
11929 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
11931 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11932 // EXIDX input sections.
11933 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11934 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11937 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11938 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
11939 std::vector
<unsigned int> shndx_list
;
11940 arm_relobj
->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list
);
11941 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< shndx_list
.size(); ++i
)
11943 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
11944 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list
[i
]);
11945 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
11946 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
11948 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
11949 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
11950 if (os
!= NULL
&& (os
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11951 sorted_output_sections
.insert(os
);
11956 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11957 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
11959 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
11960 for (typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
11961 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
11962 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
11965 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
11966 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11967 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
11970 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
,
11971 merge_exidx_entries(), task
);
11974 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
11975 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
11977 } // End anonymous namespace.